Keyboard Part Number List

332 keyboards found/on record (showing page 1/2 - results 1 to 250)...

Page 2

IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1643374
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5322 Desktop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster (Desk-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
U.S./Canada
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://deskthority.net/wiki/IBM_5322_System/23_Datamaster_computer

IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1643377
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5322 Desktop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster (Desk-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canada/France

IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1643380
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5322 Desktop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster (Desk-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan/Katakana

IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1643383
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5322 Desktop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster (Desk-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Austria/Germany

IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1643386
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5322 Desktop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster (Desk-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgium

IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1643389
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5322 Desktop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster (Desk-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Denmark

IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1643392
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5322 Desktop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster (Desk-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Finland/Sweden

IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1643395
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5322 Desktop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster (Desk-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
France/QWERTY

IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1860765
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5322 Desktop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster (Desk-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
France/AZERTY

IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1860768
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5322 Desktop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster (Desk-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italy

IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1860771
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5322 Desktop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster (Desk-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
International

IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1860774
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5322 Desktop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster (Desk-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norway

IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1860777
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5322 Desktop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster (Desk-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spain/Spanish Speaking

IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1860783
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5322 Desktop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster (Desk-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK

IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1860786
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5322 Desktop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster (Desk-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Switzerland/France

IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1860789
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5322 Desktop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5322 System/23 Datamaster (Desk-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Swiss German

IBM Personal Computer Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1501100
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
4584656
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F/XT PC Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5150 Personal Computer (IBM 5150 family)
IBM 5160 Personal Computer XT (IBM 5160 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM U.S.
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM scancode set 1
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black coiled-style fixed DIN (180) cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Navblockless
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US XT
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://deskthority.net/wiki/IBM_Personal_Computer_keyboard

IBM Personal Computer Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1501101
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F/XT PC Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5150 Personal Computer (IBM 5150 family)
IBM 5160 Personal Computer XT (IBM 5160 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM U.K.
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM scancode set 1
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black coiled-style fixed DIN (180) cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Navblockless
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French AZERTY XT
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://deskthority.net/wiki/IBM_Personal_Computer_keyboard

IBM Personal Computer Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1501102
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F/XT PC Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5150 Personal Computer (IBM 5150 family)
IBM 5160 Personal Computer XT (IBM 5160 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM U.S.
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM scancode set 1
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black coiled-style fixed DIN (180) cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Navblockless
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
German QWERTZ XT
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-F1984-XTT-83
Web: https://deskthority.net/wiki/IBM_Personal_Computer_keyboard
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=c1a0d880fc8eed8d

IBM Personal Computer Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1501104
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F/XT PC Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5150 Personal Computer (IBM 5150 family)
IBM 5160 Personal Computer XT (IBM 5160 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM scancode set 1
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black coiled-style fixed DIN (180) cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Navblockless
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italian XT
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://deskthority.net/wiki/IBM_Personal_Computer_keyboard

IBM Personal Computer Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1501105
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F/XT PC Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5150 Personal Computer (IBM 5150 family)
IBM 5160 Personal Computer XT (IBM 5160 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1981 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM scancode set 1
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black coiled-style fixed DIN (180) cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Navblockless
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK XT
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://deskthority.net/wiki/IBM_Personal_Computer_keyboard

IBM Personal Computer Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
8116083
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F/XT PC Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM U.K.
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM scancode set 1
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black coiled-style fixed DIN (180) cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Navblockless
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italian
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20220413191843/https://www.ebay.it/itm/185371987377

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1305671
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canada - Bi-Lingual
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1305672
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canada - English
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1305673
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Denmark
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1305674
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
57
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Sweden/Finland
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1305675
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
57
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
France - Belgium
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1305676
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
57
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Germany - Austria
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1305677
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
57
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italy
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1305678
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan - English
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1305679
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Latin America
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1305680
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Netherlands
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1305681
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
57
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norway
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1305682
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Puerto Rico
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1305683
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
South Africa
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1305684
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Sweden Transition
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1305685
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
57
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Switzerland - French
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1305686
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
57
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Switzerland - Germany
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1305687
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
57
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
United Kingdom
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1415880
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US Correspondence 96 Character
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1415889
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM Netherlands
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
German
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://deskthority.net/viewtopic.php?f=2&t=28073

IBM Electronic Typewriter Models 65, 85 & 95 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1437057
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Integrated
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
55
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US Correspondence 92 Character
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Comes with rubber O-ring dampers as standard

IBM 6580 Displaywriter Type B Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
2684674
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
4585241
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 6580 Displaywriter Type B Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 6580-specific
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
84

IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Module

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
8257794
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1643386
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5324 Floortop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster (Floor-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgium

IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Module

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
8257796
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1643383
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5324 Floortop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster (Floor-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Austria/German

IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Module

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
8529401
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1643374
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5324 Floortop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster (Floor-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
United States
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Assembly P/N 8529402
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://www.flickr.com/photos/129328866@N04/albums/72157649745488066

IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Module

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
8529404
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1860783
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5324 Floortop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster (Floor-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
United Kingdom

IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Module

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
8529406
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1860789
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5324 Floortop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster (Floor-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Switzerland/German

IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Module

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
8529408
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1860786
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5324 Floortop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster (Floor-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Switzerland/French

IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Module

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
8529410
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1643392
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5324 Floortop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster (Floor-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Finland/Sweden

IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Module

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
8529412
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1860777
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5324 Floortop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster (Floor-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spain/Spanish Speaking

IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Module

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
8529414
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1860774
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5324 Floortop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster (Floor-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norway

IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Module

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
8529416
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1643380
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5324 Floortop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster (Floor-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan

IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Module

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
8529418
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1860768
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5324 Floortop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster (Floor-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italy

IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Module

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
8529420
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1860771
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5324 Floortop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster (Floor-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
International

IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Module

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
8529422
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1860765
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5324 Floortop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster (Floor-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French/AZERTY

IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Module

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
8529424
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1643395
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5324 Floortop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster (Floor-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French/QWERTY

IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Module

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
8529426
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1643389
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5324 Floortop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster (Floor-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Denmark

IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster Keyboard Module

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
8529428
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1643377
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5324 Floortop Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bezelmaster
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5324 System/23 Datamaster (Floor-Top)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Single-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5251/5252-specific parallel
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canada/French

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5642852
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US & Canada
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643009
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French AZERTY
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643010
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italian
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643011
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643012
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Germany/Austria
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643013
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japanese English
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643014
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French Canadian
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643015
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japanese Katakana
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643016
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French QWERTY
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643017
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgian
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643018
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Danish
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643019
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norwegian
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643020
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Finnish
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643021
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Portuguese
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643022
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643023
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Swedish
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643024
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643025
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazilian
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
5643026
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US International
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 5291 Display Station Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7363290
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 1 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed 14x1 IDC cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
ASCII
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5291 Display Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0635-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM System 9000 Family Standard Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4780898
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
4584656
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F/XT PC Laboratory Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM U.S.
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver rectangle badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM scancode set 1
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black coiled-style fixed DIN (180) cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
Navblockless
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
XT
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price
The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.
$270 USD in 1984

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176191
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
2688831
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM U.S.
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
USA & Canada
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-F1986-XTB-83
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=7e109185449d3745

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176192
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1761209
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japanese/English
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176193
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1761213
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Denmark
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176194
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1761222
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Sweden & Finland
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176195
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1761215
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French AZERTY
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176196
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1761206
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French/Canadian
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176197
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1761219
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norway
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176198
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1761223
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
United Kingdom
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176199
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1761218
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM U.K.
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italy
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]
Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20221112181801/https://www.ebay.com/itm/185653869460/

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176200
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1761210
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
86
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Katakana
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176202
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1761205
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazil
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176203
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1761208
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish Speaking
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176204
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1761216
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French Querty [sic]
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176205
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1761220
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Portugal
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176206
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1761217
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
International
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176207
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1761211
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
German
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176208
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1761212
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgium
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]

IBM 5291/5292 Display Station Keyboard Unit

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4176209
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1761221
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Bigfoot
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
IBM 5292 Color Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
Triple-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spain
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5292 Colour Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#ZG82-0275) [source: IBM]
Doc: IBM 5292 Color Display Station Maintenance Library (#SY31-0644-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station Announced Brief Description of Announcement, Charges, and Availability (#184-118) [source: IBM]

IBM 4704 Model 100 Functional Keypad

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019273
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
2658328, 4584594
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 100 Functional Keypad
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F50
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
Transparent ABS
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
50% matrix
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Relegendable
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
ASK: SNKB-F1984-OBK-50
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/
Web: http://kishy.ca/?p=894

IBM 4704 Model 100 Functional Keypad

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019312
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 100 Functional Keypad
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F50
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
50% matrix
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
German
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 100 Functional Keypad

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019315
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 100 Functional Keypad
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F50
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
50% matrix
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 100 Functional Keypad

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019316
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 100 Functional Keypad
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F50
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
50% matrix
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italian
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 100 Functional Keypad

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019317
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 100 Functional Keypad
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F50
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
50% matrix
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 100 Functional Keypad

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019318
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 100 Functional Keypad
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F50
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
Transparent ABS
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
50
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
50% matrix
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Relegendable
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019284
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Kishsaver
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
62
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019319
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Kishsaver
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
62
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
German
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019320
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Kishsaver
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
62
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgian
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019323
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Kishsaver
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
62
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Danish
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019324
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Kishsaver
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
62
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019325
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Kishsaver
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
62
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Finnish
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019326
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Kishsaver
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
62
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French AZERTY
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019327
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Kishsaver
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
62
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French QWERTY
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019328
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Kishsaver
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
62
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US International
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019329
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Kishsaver
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
62
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italian
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019332
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Kishsaver
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
62
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norwegian
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019333
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Kishsaver
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
62
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Portuguese
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019334
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Kishsaver
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
62
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019336
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Kishsaver
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
62
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Swedish
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019337
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 200 Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Kishsaver
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
62
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US EBCDIC
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019303
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F77
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
77
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
75%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019338
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F77
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
77
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
75%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
German
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019339
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F77
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
77
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
75%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgian
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019342
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F77
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
77
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
75%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Danish
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019343
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F77
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
77
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
75%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019344
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F77
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
77
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
75%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Finnish
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019345
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F77
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
77
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
75%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French AZERTY
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019346
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F77
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
77
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
75%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French QWERTY
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019347
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F77
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
77
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
75%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US International
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019348
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F77
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
77
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
75%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italian
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019351
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F77
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
77
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
75%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norwegian
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019352
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F77
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
77
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
75%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Portuguese
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019353
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F77
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
77
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
75%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019355
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F77
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
77
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
75%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Swedish
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
6019356
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model F 4704 Model 300 Expanded Alphameric Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
F77
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 4704-1 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-1 Enhanced Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-2 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
IBM 4704-3 Display Terminal (IBM 4700 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM capacitive buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1982 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
ProtocolProtocol
The protocol(s) this keyboard can use to speak to the host computer (eg, scancode sets).
IBM 4704-specific serial
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
77
Form FactorForm Factor
The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.
75%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US EBCDIC
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal beeper
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Has die-cast zinc casing
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ttDBqRLxf_A4ALjqasDQVJvqegC-muyzf9YGTKO3Yj8/

IBM 3104 Model B2 Display Terminal EBCDIC Typewriter Keyboard